Use 7.2a "spell" folder (and remove all extra spell files)
[MacVim.git] / src / syntax.c
blob6ff82828414e61392c99a1298f15b1d16764c5dc
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
14 #include "vim.h"
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
21 struct hl_group
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
25 /* for normal terminals */
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
30 /* for color terminals */
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
37 /* for when using the GUI */
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
48 #endif
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
51 #endif
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
56 #endif
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
73 #endif
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
102 # endif
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
104 #endif
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
133 * end patterns.
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
156 } synpat_T;
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
210 #endif
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
217 } syn_cluster_T;
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
280 typedef struct state_item
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
300 * pattern */
301 } stateitem_T;
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
305 but contained groups */
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
309 * very often.
311 typedef struct
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
316 if not allowed */
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
357 * after setting current_finished */
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
437 #else
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
439 #endif
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
457 * window.
459 void
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
461 win_T *wp;
462 linenr_T lnum;
464 synstate_T *p;
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL;
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
469 linenr_T first_stored;
470 int dist;
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
476 * then.
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
480 invalidate_current_state();
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
484 syn_win = wp;
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
489 syn_stack_alloc();
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
491 return; /* out of memory */
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
497 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
498 && current_lnum < lnum
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
502 if (!current_state_stored)
504 ++current_lnum;
505 (void)store_current_state();
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
514 invalidate_current_state();
516 else
517 invalidate_current_state();
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
523 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
529 break;
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
532 last_valid = p;
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
534 last_min_valid = p;
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
543 * re-synchronize.
545 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
550 else
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
558 dist = 999999;
559 else
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
563 syn_start_line();
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
565 ++current_lnum;
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
574 if (prev == NULL)
575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
576 if (prev == NULL)
577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
578 else
579 sp = prev;
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
581 sp = sp->sst_next;
582 if (sp != NULL
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
587 prev = sp;
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
592 prev = sp;
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
595 break;
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
597 sp = sp->sst_next;
599 load_current_state(prev);
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
604 else if (prev == NULL
605 || current_lnum == lnum
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
607 prev = store_current_state();
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
611 * state will be wrong then. */
612 line_breakcheck();
613 if (got_int)
615 current_lnum = lnum;
616 break;
620 syn_start_line();
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
627 static void
628 clear_syn_state(p)
629 synstate_T *p;
631 int i;
632 garray_T *gap;
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
639 ga_clear(gap);
641 else
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
651 static void
652 clear_current_state()
654 int i;
655 stateitem_T *sip;
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
660 ga_clear(&current_state);
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
667 * used:
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
672 static void
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
674 win_T *wp;
675 linenr_T start_lnum;
676 synstate_T *last_valid;
678 buf_T *curbuf_save;
679 win_T *curwin_save;
680 pos_T cursor_save;
681 int idx;
682 linenr_T lnum;
683 linenr_T end_lnum;
684 linenr_T break_lnum;
685 int had_sync_point;
686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
687 synpat_T *spp;
688 char_u *line;
689 int found_flags = 0;
690 int found_match_idx = 0;
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
692 int found_current_col= 0;
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
694 colnr_T prev_current_col;
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
699 invalidate_current_state();
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
703 * there.
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
710 start_lnum = 1;
711 else
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
714 lnum = 1;
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
717 else
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
723 start_lnum = 1;
724 else
725 start_lnum -= lnum;
727 current_lnum = start_lnum;
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
735 * use find_start_comment(). */
736 curwin_save = curwin;
737 curwin = wp;
738 curbuf_save = curbuf;
739 curbuf = syn_buf;
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
748 break;
750 current_lnum = start_lnum;
752 /* set cursor to start of search */
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
759 * defines the comment.
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
768 validate_current_state();
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
771 break;
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
777 curwin = curwin_save;
778 curbuf = curbuf_save;
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
789 else
790 break_lnum = 0;
792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
794 end_lnum = start_lnum;
795 lnum = start_lnum;
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
799 line_breakcheck();
800 if (got_int)
802 invalidate_current_state();
803 current_lnum = start_lnum;
804 break;
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
810 load_current_state(last_valid);
811 break;
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
818 continue;
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack
823 validate_current_state();
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
827 syn_start_line();
828 for (;;)
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
841 current_lnum = end_lnum;
842 break;
844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
846 /* Cannot happen? */
847 found_flags = 0;
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
850 else
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
857 found_current_col = current_col;
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
861 * match).
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
868 break;
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
872 else
873 ++current_col;
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
878 prev_current_col = current_col;
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
880 ++current_col;
881 check_state_ends();
882 current_col = prev_current_col;
884 else
885 break;
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
892 if (found_flags)
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
897 * state stack empty.
899 clear_current_state();
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
907 * the next line.
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
912 if (current_state.ga_len)
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
918 check_keepend();
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
923 ++current_lnum;
925 else
926 current_lnum = start_lnum;
928 break;
931 end_lnum = lnum;
932 invalidate_current_state();
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
938 invalidate_current_state();
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
943 validate_current_state();
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
949 static int
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
951 linenr_T lnum;
953 regmmatch_T regmatch;
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
959 return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
961 return FALSE;
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
967 static void
968 syn_start_line()
970 current_finished = FALSE;
971 current_col = 0;
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
980 next_match_idx = -1;
981 ++current_line_id;
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
989 static void
990 syn_update_ends(startofline)
991 int startofline;
993 stateitem_T *cur_si;
994 int i;
995 int seen_keepend;
997 if (startofline)
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0)
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
1031 break;
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE;
1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE;
1051 check_keepend();
1052 check_state_ends();
1055 /****************************************
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache.
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
1079 * the cached entry.
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
1083 * start of the line is needed.
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
1095 void
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
1097 buf_T *buf;
1099 synstate_T *p;
1100 win_T *wp;
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1105 clear_syn_state(p);
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp);
1117 #endif
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
1123 * small, reallocate it.
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
1126 static void
1127 syn_stack_alloc()
1129 long len;
1130 synstate_T *to, *from;
1131 synstate_T *sstp;
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup())
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
1161 return;
1163 to = sstp - 1;
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
1168 from = from->sst_next)
1170 ++to;
1171 *to = *from;
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1175 if (to != sstp - 1)
1177 to->sst_next = NULL;
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
1181 else
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
1189 while (++to < sstp + len)
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
1201 * b_mod_* fields.
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
1203 * displayed buffer.
1205 void
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
1207 buf_T *buf;
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
1210 linenr_T n;
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
1213 return;
1215 prev = NULL;
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
1224 np = p->sst_next;
1225 if (prev == NULL)
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np;
1227 else
1228 prev->sst_next = np;
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
1230 p = np;
1231 continue;
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
1235 * again. */
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
1240 else
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
1247 p->sst_lnum = n;
1249 prev = p;
1250 p = p->sst_next;
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
1258 static int
1259 syn_stack_cleanup()
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1262 disptick_T tick;
1263 int above;
1264 int dist;
1265 int retval = FALSE;
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
1268 return retval;
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
1272 dist = 999999;
1273 else
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
1277 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
1282 above = FALSE;
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
1291 tick = p->sst_tick;
1292 above = TRUE;
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
1295 tick = p->sst_tick;
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
1301 * interval of several lines.
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
1311 p = prev;
1312 retval = TRUE;
1315 return retval;
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
1320 * Move the entry into the free list.
1322 static void
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
1324 buf_T *buf;
1325 synstate_T *p;
1327 clear_syn_state(p);
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
1337 static synstate_T *
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
1339 linenr_T lnum;
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1343 prev = NULL;
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
1347 return p;
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
1349 break;
1351 return prev;
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
1358 static synstate_T *
1359 store_current_state()
1361 int i;
1362 synstate_T *p;
1363 bufstate_T *bp;
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
1379 break;
1381 if (i >= 0)
1383 if (sp != NULL)
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
1387 /* it's the first entry */
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
1389 else
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp)
1394 break;
1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
1399 sp = NULL;
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
1405 * Add a new entry
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1416 sp = NULL;
1417 else
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
1420 * list, after *sp */
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
1424 if (sp == NULL)
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
1430 else
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1434 sp->sst_next = p;
1436 sp = p;
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
1441 if (sp != NULL)
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
1444 clear_syn_state(sp);
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1453 else
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1457 else
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE;
1471 return sp;
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
1477 static void
1478 load_current_state(from)
1479 synstate_T *from;
1481 int i;
1482 bufstate_T *bp;
1484 clear_current_state();
1485 validate_current_state();
1486 keepend_level = -1;
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize
1488 && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
1492 else
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1500 keepend_level = i;
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
1506 else
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
1508 update_si_attr(i);
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
1521 static int
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp)
1523 synstate_T *sp;
1525 int i, j;
1526 bufstate_T *bp;
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1536 else
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
1543 break;
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
1548 * references are equal. */
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
1552 * different. */
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
1554 break;
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
1558 * equal. */
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
1566 break;
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
1571 break;
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP)
1575 break;
1578 if (i < 0)
1579 return TRUE;
1581 return FALSE;
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
1587 * the last parsed line.
1588 * The window looks like this:
1589 * line which changed
1590 * displayed line
1591 * displayed line
1592 * lnum -> line below window
1594 void
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
1596 linenr_T lnum;
1598 synstate_T *sp;
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
1602 sp = sp->sst_next;
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
1609 * End of handling of the state stack.
1610 ****************************************/
1612 static void
1613 invalidate_current_state()
1615 clear_current_state();
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
1617 current_next_list = NULL;
1618 keepend_level = -1;
1621 static void
1622 validate_current_state()
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
1635 linenr_T lnum;
1637 int retval = TRUE;
1638 synstate_T *sp;
1641 * Check the state stack when:
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
1647 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
1654 * drawn)
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
1660 * the line.
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
1663 retval = FALSE;
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
1668 ++current_lnum;
1669 (void)store_current_state();
1673 return retval;
1677 * Finish the current line.
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
1680 * is valid.
1682 static int
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing)
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1687 colnr_T prev_current_col;
1689 if (!current_finished)
1691 while (!current_finished)
1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
1700 * Check for match with sync item.
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
1706 return TRUE;
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
1710 * past the NUL. */
1711 prev_current_col = current_col;
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
1713 ++current_col;
1714 check_state_ends();
1715 current_col = prev_current_col;
1717 ++current_col;
1720 return FALSE;
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
1730 * done.
1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
1734 colnr_T col;
1735 int *can_spell;
1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
1738 int attr = 0;
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
1749 return 0;
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
1754 clear_current_state();
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1756 current_id = 0;
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
1758 #endif
1759 return 0;
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
1764 validate_current_state();
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
1769 while (current_col <= col)
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
1773 ++current_col;
1776 return attr;
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
1782 static int
1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
1789 int syn_id;
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos;
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
1796 int idx;
1797 synpat_T *spp;
1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
1799 int startcol;
1800 int endcol;
1801 long flags;
1802 short *next_list;
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
1805 int do_keywords;
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch;
1807 lpos_T pos;
1808 int lc_col;
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
1811 looking for a pattern match! */
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
1814 int keep_next_list;
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
1822 line = syn_getcurline();
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
1832 current_finished = TRUE;
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1834 return 0;
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
1840 current_finished = TRUE;
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
1847 * the next column.
1849 if (try_next_column)
1851 next_match_idx = -1;
1852 try_next_column = FALSE;
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
1856 do_keywords = !syncing
1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
1867 * column.
1871 found_match = FALSE;
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE;
1873 syn_id = 0;
1876 * 1. Check for a current state.
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
1882 if (current_state.ga_len)
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1884 else
1885 cur_si = NULL;
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
1894 if (do_keywords)
1896 line = syn_getcurline();
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
1898 && (current_col == 0
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1901 - (has_mbyte
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
1903 : 0)
1904 #endif
1905 , syn_buf)))
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
1909 if (syn_id != 0)
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
1933 else
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
1941 else
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
1945 check_keepend();
1947 else
1948 vim_free(next_list);
1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
1960 * for any match with a pattern.
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
1982 : (cur_si == NULL
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si,
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
1990 * this item. */
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
1993 continue;
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
1997 if (lc_col < 0)
1998 lc_col = 0;
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2002 if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col))
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2007 continue;
2011 * Compute the first column of the match.
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
2018 * we can't handle that */
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2020 continue;
2022 startcol = pos.col;
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern
2025 * matches in the current line */
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
2030 * column number, don't use this one.
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
2033 continue;
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
2038 * column, because it may match from there.
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
2042 try_next_column = TRUE;
2043 continue;
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
2053 /* Compute the region start. */
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2066 flags = 0;
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0;
2069 end_idx = 0;
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time.
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2081 lpos_T startpos;
2083 startpos = endpos;
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2087 continue; /* not found */
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
2093 * syncing.
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need
2106 * to try matching again at next column.
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2110 try_next_column = TRUE;
2111 continue;
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
2119 * before endpos. */
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
2125 next_match_idx = idx;
2126 next_match_col = startcol;
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
2130 next_match_flags = flags;
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL;
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
2146 synpat_T *lspp;
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE;
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
2162 * endless loop). */
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
2170 else
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
2172 found_match = TRUE;
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
2187 if (!found_match)
2189 line = syn_getcurline();
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
2193 && *line == NUL))
2194 break;
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
2199 * contained matches.
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
2201 * match.
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
2205 current_next_list = NULL;
2206 next_match_idx = -1;
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list)
2208 found_match = TRUE;
2211 } while (found_match);
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
2217 current_attr = 0;
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2219 current_id = 0;
2220 current_trans_id = 0;
2221 #endif
2222 if (cur_si != NULL)
2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
2225 int current_trans_id = 0;
2226 #endif
2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2240 current_id = sip->si_id;
2241 #endif
2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
2243 break;
2247 if (can_spell != NULL)
2249 struct sp_syn sps;
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
2253 * done in the current item.
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */
2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
2261 else
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2269 else
2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
2274 * was used. */
2275 if (current_trans_id == 0)
2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2277 else
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
2288 *can_spell = FALSE;
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
2298 * single character match.
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
2301 * current column.
2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
2305 check_state_ends();
2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
2309 ++current_col;
2310 check_state_ends();
2311 --current_col;
2315 else if (can_spell != NULL)
2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
2323 if (current_next_list != NULL
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
2326 current_next_list = NULL;
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2336 return current_attr;
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
2343 static int
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap)
2345 int idx;
2346 garray_T *gap;
2348 int i;
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
2354 return TRUE;
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
2360 return TRUE;
2362 return FALSE;
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack.
2368 static stateitem_T *
2369 push_next_match(cur_si)
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2372 synpat_T *spp;
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack;
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
2396 check_keepend();
2398 else
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
2409 check_keepend();
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern.
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
2430 check_keepend();
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
2437 return cur_si;
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
2443 static void
2444 check_state_ends()
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2447 int had_extend = FALSE;
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2450 for (;;)
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
2461 * position.
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
2476 next_match_idx = 0;
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
2478 break;
2480 else
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
2483 * "skipempty" */
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2488 current_next_list = NULL;
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2493 had_extend = TRUE;
2495 pop_current_state();
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2498 break;
2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2504 break;
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
2513 * Don't do this when:
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
2520 == SPTYPE_START
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
2524 check_keepend();
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
2526 && keepend_level < 0
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2528 break;
2532 else
2533 break;
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
2541 static void
2542 update_si_attr(idx)
2543 int idx;
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2546 synpat_T *spp;
2548 /* This should not happen... */
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2550 return;
2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
2555 else
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
2561 else
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
2571 if (idx == 0)
2573 sip->si_attr = 0;
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
2578 else
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
2597 static void
2598 check_keepend()
2600 int i;
2601 lpos_T maxpos;
2602 lpos_T maxpos_h;
2603 stateitem_T *sip;
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
2607 * there really is a keepend.
2609 if (keepend_level < 0)
2610 return;
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2619 break;
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0;
2622 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
2623 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
2625 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
2626 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
2628 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
2629 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
2631 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2633 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2635 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
2636 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2637 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2638 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
2639 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2640 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
2641 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2642 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2643 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
2644 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
2650 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
2651 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
2653 * Return the flags for the matched END.
2655 static void
2656 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
2657 stateitem_T *sip;
2658 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
2659 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
2661 lpos_T startpos;
2662 lpos_T endpos;
2663 lpos_T hl_endpos;
2664 lpos_T end_endpos;
2665 int end_idx;
2667 /* return quickly for a keyword */
2668 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2669 return;
2671 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
2672 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
2673 * from a containing item. */
2674 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
2675 return;
2678 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
2679 * line.
2681 end_idx = 0;
2682 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2683 startpos.col = startcol;
2684 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2685 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
2687 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2689 /* No end pattern matched. */
2690 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
2692 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
2693 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2694 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2695 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
2697 else
2699 /* continues in the next line */
2700 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
2701 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
2703 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2705 else
2707 /* match within this line */
2708 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
2709 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2710 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
2711 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2712 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
2717 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
2718 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
2719 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
2721 static int
2722 push_current_state(idx)
2723 int idx;
2725 if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
2726 return FAIL;
2727 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
2728 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
2729 ++current_state.ga_len;
2730 return OK;
2734 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
2736 static void
2737 pop_current_state()
2739 if (current_state.ga_len)
2741 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
2742 --current_state.ga_len;
2744 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
2745 next_match_idx = -1;
2747 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
2748 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
2749 keepend_level = -1;
2753 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
2754 * Only checks one line.
2755 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
2756 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
2757 * will be 0.
2758 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
2759 * computed.
2761 static void
2762 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
2763 end_idx, start_ext)
2764 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
2765 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
2766 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
2767 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
2768 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
2769 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
2770 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
2771 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
2773 colnr_T matchcol;
2774 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
2775 int start_idx;
2776 int best_idx;
2777 regmmatch_T regmatch;
2778 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
2779 lpos_T pos;
2780 char_u *line;
2781 int had_match = FALSE;
2783 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
2784 if (idx < 0)
2785 return;
2788 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
2789 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
2790 * contained a region.
2792 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2793 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2795 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
2796 return;
2800 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
2802 for (;;)
2804 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2805 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2806 break;
2807 ++idx;
2811 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
2813 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
2815 spp_skip = spp;
2816 ++idx;
2818 else
2819 spp_skip = NULL;
2821 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
2822 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2823 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
2825 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
2826 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
2827 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
2828 for (;;)
2831 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
2833 best_idx = -1;
2834 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
2836 int lc_col = matchcol;
2838 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2839 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
2840 break;
2841 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2842 if (lc_col < 0)
2843 lc_col = 0;
2845 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2846 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2847 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
2849 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
2850 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2852 best_idx = idx;
2853 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
2854 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
2860 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
2861 * item continues until end-of-line.
2863 if (best_idx == -1)
2864 break;
2867 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
2868 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
2870 if (spp_skip != NULL)
2872 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2874 if (lc_col < 0)
2875 lc_col = 0;
2876 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
2877 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
2878 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
2879 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
2880 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2882 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
2883 syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2885 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
2886 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
2887 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
2888 break;
2890 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
2892 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
2893 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
2894 ++matchcol;
2895 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2896 matchcol = pos.col;
2897 else
2898 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
2899 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2900 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
2901 ++matchcol)
2904 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
2905 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
2906 break;
2908 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
2913 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
2914 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
2916 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
2917 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2918 /* can't end before the start */
2919 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2920 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2922 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
2923 /* can't end before the start */
2924 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2925 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2926 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2927 /* can't end after the match */
2928 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
2931 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
2933 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
2935 *end_idx = best_idx;
2936 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
2938 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2939 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2941 else
2943 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
2944 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
2946 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
2948 /* can't end before the start */
2949 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2950 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2951 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2952 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
2954 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
2955 * into the matchgroup for the end */
2956 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
2958 else
2960 *end_idx = 0;
2961 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
2964 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
2966 had_match = TRUE;
2967 break;
2970 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
2971 if (!had_match)
2972 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
2974 /* Remove external matches. */
2975 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2976 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
2980 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
2982 static void
2983 limit_pos(pos, limit)
2984 lpos_T *pos;
2985 lpos_T *limit;
2987 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
2988 *pos = *limit;
2989 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
2990 pos->col = limit->col;
2994 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
2996 static void
2997 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
2998 lpos_T *pos;
2999 lpos_T *limit;
3001 if (pos->lnum == 0)
3002 *pos = *limit;
3003 else
3004 limit_pos(pos, limit);
3008 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
3010 static void
3011 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3012 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3013 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3014 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
3015 int idx; /* index of offset */
3016 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
3018 int col;
3019 int off;
3020 char_u *base;
3021 char_u *p;
3023 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
3025 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3026 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3027 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3029 else
3031 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3032 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3033 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3035 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
3036 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
3037 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3038 col = 0;
3039 else if (off != 0)
3041 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3042 p = base + col;
3043 if (off > 0)
3045 while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL)
3046 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3048 else if (off < 0)
3050 while (off++ < 0 && base < p)
3051 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3053 col = (int)(p - base);
3055 result->col = col;
3059 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
3060 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
3062 static void
3063 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3064 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3065 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3066 synpat_T *spp;
3067 int idx;
3068 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
3070 int col;
3071 int off;
3072 char_u *base;
3073 char_u *p;
3075 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
3077 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3078 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3079 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
3081 else
3083 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3084 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3085 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3087 if (off != 0)
3089 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
3090 p = base + col;
3091 if (off > 0)
3093 while (off-- && *p != NUL)
3094 mb_ptr_adv(p);
3096 else if (off < 0)
3098 while (off++ && base < p)
3099 mb_ptr_back(base, p);
3101 col = (int)(p - base);
3103 result->col = col;
3107 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
3109 static char_u *
3110 syn_getcurline()
3112 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
3116 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
3117 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
3119 static int
3120 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
3121 regmmatch_T *rmp;
3122 linenr_T lnum;
3123 colnr_T col;
3125 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
3126 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
3128 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3129 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3130 return TRUE;
3132 return FALSE;
3136 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
3137 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
3138 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
3140 static int
3141 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
3142 char_u *line;
3143 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
3144 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
3145 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
3146 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
3147 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
3149 keyentry_T *kp;
3150 char_u *kwp;
3151 int round;
3152 int kwlen;
3153 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
3154 hashtab_T *ht;
3155 hashitem_T *hi;
3157 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
3158 * checked. */
3159 kwp = line + startcol;
3160 kwlen = 0;
3163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3164 if (has_mbyte)
3165 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
3166 else
3167 #endif
3168 ++kwlen;
3170 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
3172 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
3173 return 0;
3176 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
3177 * lowercase.
3179 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
3182 * Try twice:
3183 * 1. matching case
3184 * 2. ignoring case
3186 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
3188 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
3189 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
3190 continue;
3191 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
3192 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
3195 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
3196 * attributes.
3197 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
3198 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
3199 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
3201 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
3202 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
3203 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
3205 if (current_next_list != 0
3206 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
3207 : (cur_si == NULL
3208 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
3209 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
3210 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
3212 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
3213 *flagsp = kp->flags;
3214 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
3215 return kp->k_syn.id;
3219 return 0;
3223 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
3225 /* ARGSUSED */
3226 static void
3227 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
3228 exarg_T *eap;
3229 int syncing; /* not used */
3231 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3232 char_u *next;
3234 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3235 if (eap->skip)
3236 return;
3238 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3239 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
3240 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
3241 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
3242 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
3243 else
3244 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3248 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
3250 /* ARGSUSED */
3251 static void
3252 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
3253 exarg_T *eap;
3254 int syncing; /* not used */
3256 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3257 char_u *next;
3259 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3260 if (eap->skip)
3261 return;
3263 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3264 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
3265 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
3266 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
3267 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
3268 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
3269 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
3270 else
3271 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3275 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
3277 void
3278 syntax_clear(buf)
3279 buf_T *buf;
3281 int i;
3283 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
3284 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
3285 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
3286 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
3288 /* free the keywords */
3289 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
3290 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
3292 /* free the syntax patterns */
3293 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3294 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
3295 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
3297 /* free the syntax clusters */
3298 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3299 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
3300 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
3301 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
3302 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
3304 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3305 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3306 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3307 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3309 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3310 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3311 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3312 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3313 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3314 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
3315 #endif
3317 /* free the stored states */
3318 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
3319 invalidate_current_state();
3323 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
3325 static void
3326 syntax_sync_clear()
3328 int i;
3330 /* free the syntax patterns */
3331 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3332 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
3333 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
3335 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3336 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3337 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3338 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3340 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3341 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3342 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3343 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3345 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3349 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
3351 static void
3352 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
3353 buf_T *buf;
3354 int idx;
3356 synpat_T *spp;
3358 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
3359 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3360 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
3361 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
3362 #endif
3363 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
3364 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
3365 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
3366 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
3370 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
3371 * last to first!
3373 static void
3374 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
3375 buf_T *buf;
3376 int i;
3378 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
3379 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
3380 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
3381 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
3383 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
3384 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
3385 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
3390 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
3392 static void
3393 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
3394 buf_T *buf;
3395 int i;
3397 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
3398 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
3399 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
3403 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
3405 static void
3406 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
3407 exarg_T *eap;
3408 int syncing;
3410 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3411 char_u *arg_end;
3412 int id;
3414 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3415 if (eap->skip)
3416 return;
3419 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
3420 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
3421 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
3422 * clear".
3424 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
3425 return;
3427 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3430 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
3432 if (syncing)
3433 syntax_sync_clear();
3434 else
3436 syntax_clear(curbuf);
3437 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
3440 else
3443 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
3445 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
3447 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3448 if (*arg == '@')
3450 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3451 if (id == 0)
3453 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3454 break;
3456 else
3459 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
3460 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
3461 * and make it empty.
3463 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3465 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
3466 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
3469 else
3471 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3472 if (id == 0)
3474 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3475 break;
3477 else
3478 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
3480 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3483 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
3484 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3488 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
3490 static void
3491 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
3492 int id;
3493 int syncing;
3495 synpat_T *spp;
3496 int idx;
3498 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
3499 if (!syncing)
3501 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
3502 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
3505 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
3506 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
3508 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3509 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3510 continue;
3511 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
3516 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
3518 /* ARGSUSED */
3519 static void
3520 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
3521 exarg_T *eap;
3522 int syncing; /* not used */
3524 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3528 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
3530 /* ARGSUSED */
3531 static void
3532 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
3533 exarg_T *eap;
3534 int syncing; /* not used */
3536 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
3537 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3538 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3542 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
3544 /* ARGSUSED */
3545 static void
3546 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
3547 exarg_T *eap;
3548 int syncing; /* not used */
3550 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3551 if (!eap->skip)
3553 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
3554 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
3555 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3560 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
3562 /* ARGSUSED */
3563 static void
3564 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
3565 exarg_T *eap;
3566 int syncing; /* not used */
3568 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
3572 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
3574 /* ARGSUSED */
3575 static void
3576 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
3577 exarg_T *eap;
3578 int syncing; /* not used */
3580 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
3583 static void
3584 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
3585 exarg_T *eap;
3586 char *name;
3588 char_u buf[100];
3590 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3591 if (!eap->skip)
3593 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
3594 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
3595 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
3600 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
3602 static void
3603 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
3604 exarg_T *eap;
3605 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3607 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3608 int id;
3609 char_u *arg_end;
3611 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3612 if (eap->skip)
3613 return;
3615 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
3617 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
3618 return;
3621 if (syncing)
3623 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
3625 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
3626 syn_lines_msg();
3627 syn_match_msg();
3628 return;
3630 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
3632 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
3633 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
3634 else
3636 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
3637 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3638 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3639 syn_match_msg();
3641 return;
3643 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
3644 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
3645 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
3646 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3648 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
3649 syn_lines_msg();
3650 syn_match_msg();
3653 else
3654 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
3655 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3658 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
3660 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3661 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
3662 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3663 syn_list_cluster(id);
3665 else
3668 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
3670 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
3672 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3673 if (*arg == '@')
3675 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3676 if (id == 0)
3677 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3678 else
3679 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
3681 else
3683 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3684 if (id == 0)
3685 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3686 else
3687 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
3689 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3692 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
3695 static void
3696 syn_lines_msg()
3698 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3700 MSG_PUTS("; ");
3701 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3703 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
3704 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3705 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
3706 MSG_PUTS(", ");
3708 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
3710 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
3711 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
3713 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3717 static void
3718 syn_match_msg()
3720 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3722 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
3723 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
3724 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
3728 static int last_matchgroup;
3730 struct name_list
3732 int flag;
3733 char *name;
3736 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
3739 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3741 static void
3742 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
3743 int id;
3744 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3745 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
3747 int attr;
3748 int idx;
3749 int did_header = FALSE;
3750 synpat_T *spp;
3751 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
3753 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
3754 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
3755 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
3756 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
3757 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
3758 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
3759 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
3760 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
3761 {0, NULL}
3763 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
3765 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
3766 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
3767 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
3768 {0, NULL}
3771 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
3773 /* list the keywords for "id" */
3774 if (!syncing)
3776 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
3777 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
3778 did_header, attr);
3781 /* list the patterns for "id" */
3782 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
3784 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3785 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3786 continue;
3788 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3789 did_header = TRUE;
3790 last_matchgroup = 0;
3791 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
3793 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
3794 msg_putchar(' ');
3796 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3798 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3799 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3800 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
3801 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3802 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
3803 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
3804 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3805 --idx;
3806 msg_putchar(' ');
3808 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3810 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
3811 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
3813 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
3814 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
3815 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
3817 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
3819 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
3820 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3822 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
3824 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
3825 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
3826 else
3827 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
3828 msg_putchar(' ');
3829 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
3830 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
3831 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
3832 else
3833 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
3834 msg_putchar(' ');
3838 /* list the link, if there is one */
3839 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
3841 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3842 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
3843 msg_putchar(' ');
3844 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
3848 static void
3849 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
3850 struct name_list *nl;
3851 int flags;
3852 int attr;
3854 int i;
3856 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
3857 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
3859 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
3860 msg_putchar(' ');
3865 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3867 static void
3868 syn_list_cluster(id)
3869 int id;
3871 int endcol = 15;
3873 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
3874 msg_putchar('\n');
3875 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
3877 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
3878 endcol = msg_col + 1;
3879 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
3880 endcol = Columns - 1;
3882 msg_advance(endcol);
3883 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
3885 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
3886 hl_attr(HLF_D));
3888 else
3890 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
3891 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
3895 static void
3896 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
3897 char_u *name;
3898 short *list;
3899 int attr;
3901 short *p;
3903 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
3904 msg_putchar('=');
3905 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
3907 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
3909 if (p[1])
3910 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
3911 else
3912 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
3914 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
3916 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
3918 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
3920 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
3922 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
3924 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3926 msg_putchar('@');
3927 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
3929 else
3930 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
3931 if (p[1])
3932 msg_putchar(',');
3934 msg_putchar(' ');
3937 static void
3938 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
3939 char *s;
3940 int c;
3941 synpat_T *spp;
3942 int attr;
3944 long n;
3945 int mask;
3946 int first;
3947 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
3948 int i;
3950 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
3951 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
3953 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
3954 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
3955 msg_putchar('=');
3956 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
3957 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
3958 else
3959 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
3960 msg_putchar(' ');
3963 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
3964 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
3965 msg_putchar(c);
3967 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
3968 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
3969 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
3971 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
3972 break;
3974 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3975 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
3976 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3978 /* output any pattern options */
3979 first = TRUE;
3980 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
3982 mask = (1 << i);
3983 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
3985 if (!first)
3986 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
3987 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
3988 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
3989 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
3991 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
3992 msg_putchar('s');
3993 else
3994 msg_putchar('e');
3995 if (n > 0)
3996 msg_putchar('+');
3998 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
3999 msg_outnum(n);
4000 first = FALSE;
4003 msg_putchar(' ');
4007 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
4008 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
4010 static int
4011 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
4012 int id;
4013 hashtab_T *ht;
4014 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
4015 int attr;
4017 int outlen;
4018 hashitem_T *hi;
4019 keyentry_T *kp;
4020 int todo;
4021 int prev_contained = 0;
4022 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
4023 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4024 int prev_skipnl = 0;
4025 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
4026 int prev_skipempty = 0;
4029 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
4030 * hash value...
4032 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4033 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
4035 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4037 --todo;
4038 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
4040 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4042 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
4043 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4044 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4045 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4046 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
4047 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
4048 outlen = 9999;
4049 else
4050 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
4051 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
4052 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
4054 prev_contained = 0;
4055 prev_next_list = NULL;
4056 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4057 prev_skipnl = 0;
4058 prev_skipwhite = 0;
4059 prev_skipempty = 0;
4061 did_header = TRUE;
4062 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
4064 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
4065 msg_putchar(' ');
4066 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
4068 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
4070 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
4071 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
4072 msg_putchar(' ');
4073 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
4075 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
4077 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
4078 msg_putchar(' ');
4079 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
4080 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4082 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
4083 msg_putchar(' ');
4084 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
4086 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4088 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
4089 msg_putchar(' ');
4090 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
4092 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4094 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
4095 msg_putchar(' ');
4096 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
4099 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
4105 return did_header;
4108 static void
4109 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
4110 int id;
4111 hashtab_T *ht;
4113 hashitem_T *hi;
4114 keyentry_T *kp;
4115 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
4116 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4117 int todo;
4119 hash_lock(ht);
4120 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4121 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4123 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4125 --todo;
4126 kp_prev = NULL;
4127 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
4129 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4131 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4132 if (kp_prev == NULL)
4134 if (kp_next == NULL)
4135 hash_remove(ht, hi);
4136 else
4137 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
4139 else
4140 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
4141 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4142 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4143 vim_free(kp);
4144 kp = kp_next;
4146 else
4148 kp_prev = kp;
4149 kp = kp->ke_next;
4154 hash_unlock(ht);
4158 * Clear a whole keyword table.
4160 static void
4161 clear_keywtab(ht)
4162 hashtab_T *ht;
4164 hashitem_T *hi;
4165 int todo;
4166 keyentry_T *kp;
4167 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4169 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4170 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4172 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4174 --todo;
4175 kp = HI2KE(hi);
4176 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
4178 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4179 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4180 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4181 vim_free(kp);
4185 hash_clear(ht);
4186 hash_init(ht);
4190 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
4192 static void
4193 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
4194 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
4195 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
4196 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
4197 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
4198 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
4200 keyentry_T *kp;
4201 hashtab_T *ht;
4202 hashitem_T *hi;
4203 char_u *name_ic;
4204 long_u hash;
4205 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
4207 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4208 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
4209 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
4210 else
4211 name_ic = name;
4212 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
4213 if (kp == NULL)
4214 return;
4215 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
4216 kp->k_syn.id = id;
4217 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4218 kp->flags = flags;
4219 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
4220 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
4221 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4222 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
4224 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4225 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
4226 else
4227 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
4229 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
4230 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
4231 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4233 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
4234 kp->ke_next = NULL;
4235 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
4237 else
4239 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
4240 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
4241 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
4246 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
4247 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
4248 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
4250 static char_u *
4251 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
4252 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
4253 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
4255 char_u *rest;
4257 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
4258 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
4261 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
4262 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
4264 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
4265 return NULL;
4266 return rest;
4270 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
4271 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
4272 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
4273 * collect all options in between other arguments.
4274 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
4275 * Return NULL for any error;
4277 static char_u *
4278 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
4279 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
4280 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
4282 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
4283 int syn_id;
4284 int len;
4285 char *p;
4286 int i;
4287 int fidx;
4288 static struct flag
4290 char *name;
4291 int argtype;
4292 int flags;
4293 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
4294 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
4295 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
4296 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
4297 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
4298 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
4299 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
4300 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
4301 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
4302 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
4303 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
4304 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
4305 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
4306 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
4307 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
4308 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
4310 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
4312 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
4313 return NULL;
4315 for (;;)
4318 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
4319 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
4320 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
4322 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
4323 break;
4325 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
4327 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
4328 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
4329 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
4330 break;
4331 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
4332 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
4333 ? arg[len] == '='
4334 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
4336 if (opt->keyword
4337 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
4338 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4339 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
4340 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
4341 fidx = -1;
4342 break;
4345 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
4346 break;
4348 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
4350 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
4352 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
4353 return NULL;
4355 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
4356 return NULL;
4358 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
4360 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
4361 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
4363 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
4364 return NULL;
4366 #endif
4367 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
4368 return NULL;
4370 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
4372 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
4373 return NULL;
4375 else
4377 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
4378 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
4380 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
4381 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
4383 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
4385 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
4386 return NULL;
4388 gname_start = arg;
4389 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
4390 if (gname_start == arg)
4391 return NULL;
4392 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
4393 if (gname == NULL)
4394 return NULL;
4395 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
4396 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
4397 else
4399 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
4400 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
4401 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
4402 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
4404 *opt->sync_idx = i;
4405 break;
4407 if (i < 0)
4409 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
4410 vim_free(gname);
4411 return NULL;
4415 vim_free(gname);
4416 arg = skipwhite(arg);
4418 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4419 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4420 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
4421 /* Need to update folds later. */
4422 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
4423 #endif
4427 return arg;
4431 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
4432 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
4433 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
4435 static void
4436 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
4437 int id;
4438 int *flagsp;
4440 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
4441 return;
4442 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
4443 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
4445 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
4446 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
4447 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
4449 if (grp_list != NULL)
4451 grp_list[0] = id;
4452 grp_list[1] = 0;
4453 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
4454 CLUSTER_ADD);
4460 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
4462 /* ARGSUSED */
4463 static void
4464 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
4465 exarg_T *eap;
4466 int syncing; /* not used */
4468 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4469 int sgl_id = 1;
4470 char_u *group_name_end;
4471 char_u *rest;
4472 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
4473 int prev_toplvl_grp;
4474 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
4475 int source = FALSE;
4477 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
4478 if (eap->skip)
4479 return;
4481 if (arg[0] == '@')
4483 ++arg;
4484 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4485 if (rest == NULL)
4487 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
4488 return;
4490 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4491 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
4492 eap->arg = rest;
4496 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
4497 * filename to include.
4499 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
4500 separate_nextcmd(eap);
4501 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
4503 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
4504 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
4505 * ":runtime!" is used. */
4506 source = TRUE;
4507 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
4509 if (errormsg != NULL)
4510 EMSG(errormsg);
4511 return;
4516 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
4517 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
4519 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4520 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
4521 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
4522 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
4523 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
4524 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
4525 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
4526 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
4527 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
4531 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
4533 /* ARGSUSED */
4534 static void
4535 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
4536 exarg_T *eap;
4537 int syncing; /* not used */
4539 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4540 char_u *group_name_end;
4541 int syn_id;
4542 char_u *rest;
4543 char_u *keyword_copy;
4544 char_u *p;
4545 char_u *kw;
4546 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4547 int cnt;
4549 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4551 if (rest != NULL)
4553 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4555 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
4556 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
4557 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
4559 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4560 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
4561 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4562 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
4563 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4564 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4567 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
4568 * found before keywords can be created.
4569 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
4571 cnt = 0;
4572 p = keyword_copy;
4573 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
4575 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4576 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4577 break;
4578 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
4579 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
4581 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
4582 ++rest;
4583 *p++ = *rest++;
4585 *p++ = NUL;
4586 ++cnt;
4589 if (!eap->skip)
4591 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
4592 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4595 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
4597 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
4599 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
4601 if (p != NULL)
4602 *p = NUL;
4603 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
4604 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
4605 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4606 if (p == NULL)
4607 break;
4608 if (p[1] == NUL)
4610 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
4611 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
4612 break;
4614 if (p[1] == ']')
4616 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
4617 break;
4619 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4620 if (has_mbyte)
4622 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
4624 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
4625 p += l;
4627 else
4628 #endif
4630 p[0] = p[1];
4631 ++p;
4637 vim_free(keyword_copy);
4638 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4639 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4643 if (rest != NULL)
4644 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4645 else
4646 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4648 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4649 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4653 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
4655 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
4657 static void
4658 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
4659 exarg_T *eap;
4660 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
4662 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4663 char_u *group_name_end;
4664 char_u *rest;
4665 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
4666 int syn_id;
4667 int idx;
4668 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4669 int sync_idx = 0;
4671 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4672 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4674 /* Get options before the pattern */
4675 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4676 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4677 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
4678 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4679 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4680 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4681 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4682 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4684 /* get the pattern. */
4685 init_syn_patterns();
4686 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
4687 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
4688 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4689 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4691 /* Get options after the pattern */
4692 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4694 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
4697 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
4699 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4700 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4701 rest = NULL;
4702 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
4703 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4704 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4706 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4708 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
4710 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4711 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
4712 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4713 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
4714 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
4718 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4719 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4720 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4721 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4722 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4723 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4724 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4726 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
4727 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
4728 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
4729 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4730 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4731 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4732 #endif
4734 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4735 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4736 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4741 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
4743 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
4744 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
4745 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4746 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4747 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4749 if (rest == NULL)
4750 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4754 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
4755 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
4757 static void
4758 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
4759 exarg_T *eap;
4760 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
4762 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4763 char_u *group_name_end;
4764 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
4765 char_u *key_end;
4766 char_u *key = NULL;
4767 char_u *p;
4768 int item;
4769 #define ITEM_START 0
4770 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
4771 #define ITEM_END 2
4772 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
4773 struct pat_ptr
4775 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
4776 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
4777 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
4778 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
4779 /* patterns found in the line */
4780 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
4781 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
4782 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
4783 int syn_id;
4784 int matchgroup_id = 0;
4785 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
4786 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
4787 int success = FALSE;
4788 int idx;
4789 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4791 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4792 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4794 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
4795 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
4796 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
4798 init_syn_patterns();
4800 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4801 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4802 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4803 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4804 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4805 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4806 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4809 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
4811 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
4813 /* Check for option arguments */
4814 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4815 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4816 break;
4818 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
4819 key_end = rest;
4820 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
4821 ++key_end;
4822 vim_free(key);
4823 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
4824 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
4826 rest = NULL;
4827 break;
4829 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
4830 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
4831 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
4832 item = ITEM_START;
4833 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
4834 item = ITEM_END;
4835 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
4837 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
4839 illegal = TRUE;
4840 break;
4842 item = ITEM_SKIP;
4844 else
4845 break;
4846 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
4847 if (*rest != '=')
4849 rest = NULL;
4850 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
4851 break;
4853 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
4854 if (*rest == NUL)
4856 not_enough = TRUE;
4857 break;
4860 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
4862 p = skiptowhite(rest);
4863 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
4864 matchgroup_id = 0;
4865 else
4867 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
4868 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
4870 illegal = TRUE;
4871 break;
4874 rest = skipwhite(p);
4876 else
4879 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
4880 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
4881 * used from end to start).
4883 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
4884 if (ppp == NULL)
4886 rest = NULL;
4887 break;
4889 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
4890 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
4891 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
4892 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
4894 rest = NULL;
4895 break;
4899 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
4901 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
4902 if (item == ITEM_START)
4903 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
4904 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
4905 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
4906 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
4907 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
4908 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
4909 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4910 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4911 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
4912 ++pat_count;
4915 vim_free(key);
4916 if (illegal || not_enough)
4917 rest = NULL;
4920 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
4922 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
4923 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
4925 not_enough = TRUE;
4926 rest = NULL;
4929 if (rest != NULL)
4932 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
4933 * If OK, add the item.
4935 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4936 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4937 rest = NULL;
4938 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
4939 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4940 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4942 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4944 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
4946 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4947 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4949 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
4951 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
4952 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4953 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
4954 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
4955 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
4956 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
4957 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4958 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4959 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
4960 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
4961 if (item == ITEM_START)
4963 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
4964 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4965 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4966 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4967 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4968 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4969 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
4970 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4972 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4973 ++idx;
4974 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4975 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4976 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4977 #endif
4981 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4982 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4983 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4988 * Free the allocated memory.
4990 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4991 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
4993 if (!success)
4995 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
4996 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
4998 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
4999 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
5000 vim_free(ppp);
5003 if (!success)
5005 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
5006 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
5007 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
5008 if (not_enough)
5009 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
5010 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
5011 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5016 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
5018 static int
5019 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
5020 _RTLENTRYF
5021 #endif
5022 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
5023 const void *v1;
5024 const void *v2;
5026 const short *s1 = v1;
5027 const short *s2 = v2;
5029 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
5033 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
5034 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
5036 static void
5037 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
5038 short **clstr1;
5039 short **clstr2;
5040 int list_op;
5042 int count1 = 0;
5043 int count2 = 0;
5044 short *g1;
5045 short *g2;
5046 short *clstr = NULL;
5047 int count;
5048 int round;
5051 * Handle degenerate cases.
5053 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
5054 return;
5055 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5057 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5058 vim_free(*clstr1);
5059 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5060 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
5061 else
5062 vim_free(*clstr2);
5063 return;
5066 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
5067 ++count1;
5068 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
5069 ++count2;
5072 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
5074 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5075 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5078 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
5079 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
5080 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
5081 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
5083 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
5085 g1 = *clstr1;
5086 g2 = *clstr2;
5087 count = 0;
5090 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
5092 while (*g1 && *g2)
5095 * We always want to add from the first list.
5097 if (*g1 < *g2)
5099 if (round == 2)
5100 clstr[count] = *g1;
5101 count++;
5102 g1++;
5103 continue;
5106 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
5107 * lists.
5109 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5111 if (round == 2)
5112 clstr[count] = *g2;
5113 count++;
5115 if (*g1 == *g2)
5116 g1++;
5117 g2++;
5121 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
5122 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
5123 * we're adding the lists.
5125 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
5126 if (round == 2)
5127 clstr[count] = *g1;
5128 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5129 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
5130 if (round == 2)
5131 clstr[count] = *g2;
5133 if (round == 1)
5136 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
5137 * space for it.
5139 if (count == 0)
5141 clstr = NULL;
5142 break;
5144 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5145 if (clstr == NULL)
5146 break;
5147 clstr[count] = 0;
5152 * Finally, put the new list in place.
5154 vim_free(*clstr1);
5155 vim_free(*clstr2);
5156 *clstr1 = clstr;
5160 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
5161 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
5163 static int
5164 syn_scl_name2id(name)
5165 char_u *name;
5167 int i;
5168 char_u *name_u;
5170 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
5171 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5172 if (name_u == NULL)
5173 return 0;
5174 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5175 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
5176 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
5177 break;
5178 vim_free(name_u);
5179 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
5183 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
5185 static int
5186 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
5187 char_u *linep;
5188 int len;
5190 char_u *name;
5191 int id = 0;
5193 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
5194 if (name != NULL)
5196 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5197 vim_free(name);
5199 return id;
5203 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
5204 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
5205 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
5206 * Return 0 for failure.
5208 static int
5209 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
5210 char_u *pp;
5211 int len;
5213 int id;
5214 char_u *name;
5216 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
5217 if (name == NULL)
5218 return 0;
5220 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5221 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
5222 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
5223 else
5224 vim_free(name);
5225 return id;
5229 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
5230 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
5231 * Return 0 for failure.
5233 static int
5234 syn_add_cluster(name)
5235 char_u *name;
5237 int len;
5240 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
5242 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
5244 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
5245 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
5249 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
5251 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
5253 vim_free(name);
5254 return 0;
5256 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5258 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
5259 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
5260 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5261 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
5262 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5264 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
5265 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5266 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
5267 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5269 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5273 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
5274 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
5276 /* ARGSUSED */
5277 static void
5278 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
5279 exarg_T *eap;
5280 int syncing; /* not used */
5282 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5283 char_u *group_name_end;
5284 char_u *rest;
5285 int scl_id;
5286 short *clstr_list;
5287 int got_clstr = FALSE;
5288 int opt_len;
5289 int list_op;
5291 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
5292 if (eap->skip)
5293 return;
5295 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
5297 if (rest != NULL)
5299 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
5300 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
5302 for (;;)
5304 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
5305 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
5307 opt_len = 3;
5308 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
5310 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
5311 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
5313 opt_len = 6;
5314 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
5316 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
5317 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
5319 opt_len = 8;
5320 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
5322 else
5323 break;
5325 clstr_list = NULL;
5326 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
5328 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
5329 break;
5331 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
5332 &clstr_list, list_op);
5333 got_clstr = TRUE;
5336 if (got_clstr)
5338 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5339 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5343 if (!got_clstr)
5344 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
5345 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
5346 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5350 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
5352 static void
5353 init_syn_patterns()
5355 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
5356 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
5360 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
5361 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
5362 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
5364 static char_u *
5365 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
5366 char_u *arg;
5367 synpat_T *ci;
5369 char_u *end;
5370 int *p;
5371 int idx;
5372 char_u *cpo_save;
5374 /* need at least three chars */
5375 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
5376 return NULL;
5378 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
5379 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5381 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
5382 return NULL;
5384 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5385 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
5386 return NULL;
5388 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5389 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5390 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5391 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
5392 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5394 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
5395 return NULL;
5396 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5399 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
5401 ++end;
5404 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
5405 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
5406 break;
5407 if (idx >= 0)
5409 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
5410 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
5411 switch (end[3])
5413 case 's': break;
5414 case 'b': break;
5415 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
5416 default: idx = -1; break;
5418 if (idx >= 0)
5420 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
5421 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
5423 end += 3;
5424 *p = getdigits(&end);
5426 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
5427 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
5429 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
5430 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
5433 else /* yy=x+99 */
5435 end += 4;
5436 if (*end == '+')
5438 ++end;
5439 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
5441 else if (*end == '-')
5443 ++end;
5444 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
5447 if (*end != ',')
5448 break;
5449 ++end;
5452 } while (idx >= 0);
5454 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
5456 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
5457 return NULL;
5459 return skipwhite(end);
5463 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
5465 /* ARGSUSED */
5466 static void
5467 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
5468 exarg_T *eap;
5469 int syncing; /* not used */
5471 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
5472 char_u *arg_end;
5473 char_u *key = NULL;
5474 char_u *next_arg;
5475 int illegal = FALSE;
5476 int finished = FALSE;
5477 long n;
5478 char_u *cpo_save;
5480 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5482 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
5483 return;
5486 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5488 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
5489 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5490 vim_free(key);
5491 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
5492 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
5494 if (!eap->skip)
5495 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
5496 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
5498 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
5499 if (!eap->skip)
5500 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
5501 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
5502 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5504 else if (!eap->skip)
5505 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
5507 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
5508 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
5509 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
5510 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
5512 if (key[4] == 'S')
5513 arg_end = key + 6;
5514 else if (key[0] == 'L')
5515 arg_end = key + 11;
5516 else
5517 arg_end = key + 9;
5518 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
5520 illegal = TRUE;
5521 break;
5523 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
5524 if (!eap->skip)
5526 if (key[4] == 'B')
5527 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
5528 else if (key[1] == 'A')
5529 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
5530 else
5531 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
5534 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
5536 if (!eap->skip)
5538 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
5539 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
5542 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
5544 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
5546 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
5547 finished = TRUE;
5548 break;
5550 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
5551 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5553 illegal = TRUE;
5554 break;
5557 if (!eap->skip)
5559 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5560 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
5561 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
5563 finished = TRUE;
5564 break;
5566 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5568 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5569 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5570 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5571 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
5572 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
5573 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5575 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
5577 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
5578 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
5579 finished = TRUE;
5580 break;
5583 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
5585 else
5587 eap->arg = next_arg;
5588 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
5589 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
5590 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
5591 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
5592 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
5593 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
5594 else
5595 illegal = TRUE;
5596 finished = TRUE;
5597 break;
5599 arg_start = next_arg;
5601 vim_free(key);
5602 if (illegal)
5603 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
5604 else if (!finished)
5606 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
5607 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5608 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5613 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
5614 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
5615 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
5616 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
5617 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
5619 static int
5620 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
5621 char_u **arg;
5622 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
5623 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
5624 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
5626 char_u *p = NULL;
5627 char_u *end;
5628 int round;
5629 int count;
5630 int total_count = 0;
5631 short *retval = NULL;
5632 char_u *name;
5633 regmatch_T regmatch;
5634 int id;
5635 int i;
5636 int failed = FALSE;
5639 * We parse the list twice:
5640 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
5641 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
5642 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
5643 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
5645 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
5648 * skip "contains"
5650 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
5651 if (*p != '=')
5653 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
5654 break;
5656 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
5657 if (ends_excmd(*p))
5659 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
5660 break;
5664 * parse the arguments after "contains"
5666 count = 0;
5667 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
5669 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
5671 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
5672 if (name == NULL)
5674 failed = TRUE;
5675 break;
5677 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
5678 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
5679 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
5680 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
5681 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
5683 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
5685 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
5686 failed = TRUE;
5687 vim_free(name);
5688 break;
5690 if (count != 0)
5692 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
5693 failed = TRUE;
5694 vim_free(name);
5695 break;
5697 if (name[1] == 'A')
5698 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
5699 else if (name[1] == 'T')
5700 id = SYNID_TOP;
5701 else
5702 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
5703 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
5705 else if (name[1] == '@')
5707 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
5709 else
5712 * Handle full group name.
5714 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
5715 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
5716 else
5719 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
5721 *name = '^';
5722 STRCAT(name, "$");
5723 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
5724 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
5726 failed = TRUE;
5727 vim_free(name);
5728 break;
5731 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
5732 id = 0;
5733 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5735 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
5736 (colnr_T)0))
5738 if (round == 2)
5740 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
5741 * when adding items that match:
5742 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
5743 * Go back to first round */
5744 if (count >= total_count)
5746 vim_free(retval);
5747 round = 1;
5749 else
5750 retval[count] = i + 1;
5752 ++count;
5753 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
5756 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
5759 vim_free(name);
5760 if (id == 0)
5762 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
5763 failed = TRUE;
5764 break;
5766 if (id > 0)
5768 if (round == 2)
5770 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
5771 if (count >= total_count)
5773 vim_free(retval);
5774 round = 1;
5776 else
5777 retval[count] = id;
5779 ++count;
5781 p = skipwhite(end);
5782 if (*p != ',')
5783 break;
5784 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
5786 if (failed)
5787 break;
5788 if (round == 1)
5790 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5791 if (retval == NULL)
5792 break;
5793 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
5794 total_count = count;
5798 *arg = p;
5799 if (failed || retval == NULL)
5801 vim_free(retval);
5802 return FAIL;
5805 if (*list == NULL)
5806 *list = retval;
5807 else
5808 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
5810 return OK;
5814 * Make a copy of an ID list.
5816 static short *
5817 copy_id_list(list)
5818 short *list;
5820 int len;
5821 int count;
5822 short *retval;
5824 if (list == NULL)
5825 return NULL;
5827 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
5829 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
5830 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
5831 if (retval != NULL)
5832 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
5834 return retval;
5838 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
5839 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
5840 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
5841 * the current item.
5842 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
5844 static int
5845 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
5846 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
5847 short *list; /* id list */
5848 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
5849 int contained; /* group id is contained */
5851 int retval;
5852 short *scl_list;
5853 short item;
5854 short id = ssp->id;
5855 static int depth = 0;
5856 int r;
5858 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
5859 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
5860 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
5862 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
5863 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
5864 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
5865 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
5866 --cur_si;
5867 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
5868 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
5869 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
5870 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
5871 return TRUE;
5874 if (list == NULL)
5875 return FALSE;
5878 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
5879 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
5881 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
5882 return !contained;
5885 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
5886 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
5887 * level as the list.
5889 item = *list;
5890 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
5892 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
5894 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
5895 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
5896 return FALSE;
5898 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
5900 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
5901 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
5902 return FALSE;
5904 else
5906 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
5907 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
5908 return FALSE;
5910 item = *++list;
5911 retval = FALSE;
5913 else
5914 retval = TRUE;
5917 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
5919 while (item != 0)
5921 if (item == id)
5922 return retval;
5923 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
5925 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
5926 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
5927 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
5928 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
5930 ++depth;
5931 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
5932 --depth;
5933 if (r)
5934 return retval;
5937 item = *++list;
5939 return !retval;
5942 struct subcommand
5944 char *name; /* subcommand name */
5945 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
5948 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
5950 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
5951 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
5952 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
5953 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
5954 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
5955 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
5956 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
5957 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
5958 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
5959 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
5960 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
5961 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
5962 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
5963 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
5964 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
5965 {"", syn_cmd_list},
5966 {NULL, NULL}
5970 * ":syntax".
5971 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
5972 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
5974 void
5975 ex_syntax(eap)
5976 exarg_T *eap;
5978 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5979 char_u *subcmd_end;
5980 char_u *subcmd_name;
5981 int i;
5983 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
5985 /* isolate subcommand name */
5986 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
5988 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
5989 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
5991 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
5992 ++emsg_skip;
5993 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5995 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
5997 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
5998 break;
6000 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
6002 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
6003 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
6004 break;
6007 vim_free(subcmd_name);
6008 if (eap->skip)
6009 --emsg_skip;
6014 syntax_present(buf)
6015 buf_T *buf;
6017 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
6018 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
6019 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
6020 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
6023 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
6025 static enum
6027 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
6028 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
6029 } expand_what;
6032 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
6033 * Called when we are done expanding.
6035 void
6036 reset_expand_highlight()
6038 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
6042 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
6043 * as highlight group.
6045 void
6046 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
6047 expand_T *xp;
6048 char_u *arg;
6050 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6051 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6052 include_none = 1;
6056 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
6058 void
6059 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
6060 expand_T *xp;
6061 char_u *arg;
6063 char_u *p;
6065 /* Default: expand subcommands */
6066 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
6067 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
6068 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6069 include_link = 0;
6070 include_default = 0;
6072 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
6073 if (*arg != NUL)
6075 p = skiptowhite(arg);
6076 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
6078 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
6079 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
6080 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6081 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
6082 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
6083 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
6084 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
6085 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
6086 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
6087 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6088 else
6089 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6094 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
6097 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
6098 * expansion.
6100 /*ARGSUSED*/
6101 char_u *
6102 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
6103 expand_T *xp;
6104 int idx;
6106 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
6107 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
6108 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
6111 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
6114 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
6117 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
6118 win_T *wp;
6119 long lnum;
6120 colnr_T col;
6121 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
6122 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
6123 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
6125 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
6126 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
6127 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
6128 || lnum != current_lnum
6129 || col < current_col)
6130 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6132 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
6134 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
6137 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
6139 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
6140 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
6141 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
6144 syn_get_stack_item(i)
6145 int i;
6147 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
6149 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
6150 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
6151 invalidate_current_state();
6152 current_col = MAXCOL;
6153 return -1;
6155 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
6157 #endif
6159 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
6161 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
6164 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
6165 win_T *wp;
6166 long lnum;
6168 int level = 0;
6169 int i;
6171 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
6172 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
6174 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6176 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
6177 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
6178 ++level;
6180 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
6182 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
6183 if (level < 0)
6184 level = 0;
6186 return level;
6188 #endif
6190 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
6193 /**************************************
6194 * Highlighting stuff *
6195 **************************************/
6198 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
6199 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
6200 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
6201 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
6202 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
6204 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6205 # define CENT(a, b) b
6206 #else
6207 # define CENT(a, b) a
6208 #endif
6209 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
6211 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
6212 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
6213 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6214 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6215 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6216 #endif
6217 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
6218 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6219 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
6220 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
6221 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
6222 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
6223 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6224 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6225 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6226 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6227 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6228 #endif
6229 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6230 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
6231 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
6232 #endif
6233 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6234 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
6235 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
6236 #endif
6237 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6238 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
6239 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6240 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
6241 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
6242 #endif
6243 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6244 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
6245 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6246 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6247 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6248 #endif
6249 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6250 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
6251 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
6252 #endif
6253 NULL
6256 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
6258 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6259 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6260 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
6261 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
6262 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6263 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6264 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6265 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6266 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
6267 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
6268 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6269 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
6270 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6271 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
6272 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6273 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6274 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6275 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6276 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
6277 #endif
6278 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6279 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6280 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6281 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
6282 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
6283 #endif
6284 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6285 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6286 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
6287 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6288 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
6289 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
6290 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6291 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6292 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6293 #endif
6294 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6295 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6296 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6297 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6298 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6299 #endif
6300 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6301 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6302 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6303 #endif
6304 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6305 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6306 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
6307 #endif
6308 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6309 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
6310 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
6311 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6312 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6313 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
6314 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
6315 #endif
6316 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6317 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
6318 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
6319 #endif
6320 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6321 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
6322 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
6323 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6324 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
6325 #endif
6326 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6327 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
6328 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
6329 #endif
6330 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6331 "Normal gui=NONE",
6332 #endif
6333 NULL
6336 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
6338 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
6339 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
6340 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
6341 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
6342 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
6343 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6344 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
6345 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
6346 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6347 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6348 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
6349 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
6350 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6351 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
6352 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6353 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
6354 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6355 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
6356 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6357 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6358 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
6359 #endif
6360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6361 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
6362 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
6363 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6364 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
6365 #endif
6366 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
6367 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6368 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
6369 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
6370 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6371 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6372 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6373 #endif
6374 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6375 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6376 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
6377 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6378 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6379 #endif
6380 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6381 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6382 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6383 #endif
6384 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6385 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6386 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
6387 #endif
6388 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6389 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
6390 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
6391 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
6392 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
6393 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6394 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
6395 #endif
6396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6397 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6398 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
6399 #endif
6400 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6401 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6402 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
6403 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6404 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
6405 #endif
6406 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6407 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6408 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
6409 #endif
6410 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6411 "Normal gui=NONE",
6412 #endif
6413 NULL
6416 void
6417 init_highlight(both, reset)
6418 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
6419 int reset; /* clear group first */
6421 int i;
6422 char **pp;
6423 static int had_both = FALSE;
6424 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6425 char_u *p;
6428 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
6429 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
6431 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
6432 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
6433 return;
6434 #endif
6437 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
6439 if (both)
6441 had_both = TRUE;
6442 pp = highlight_init_both;
6443 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6444 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6446 else if (!had_both)
6447 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
6448 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
6449 * everything anyway. */
6450 return;
6452 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6453 pp = highlight_init_light;
6454 else
6455 pp = highlight_init_dark;
6456 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6457 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6459 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
6460 * depend on the number of colors available.
6461 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
6462 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
6463 if (t_colors > 8)
6464 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
6465 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
6466 else
6468 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
6469 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6470 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
6473 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6475 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
6477 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
6479 static int recursive = 0;
6481 if (recursive >= 5)
6482 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
6483 else
6485 ++recursive;
6486 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
6487 --recursive;
6490 #endif
6494 * Load color file "name".
6495 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
6498 load_colors(name)
6499 char_u *name;
6501 char_u *buf;
6502 int retval = FAIL;
6503 static int recursive = FALSE;
6505 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
6506 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
6507 * working, thus we should return OK. */
6508 if (recursive)
6509 return OK;
6511 recursive = TRUE;
6512 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
6513 if (buf != NULL)
6515 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
6516 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
6517 vim_free(buf);
6518 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6519 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6520 #endif
6522 recursive = FALSE;
6524 return retval;
6528 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
6529 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
6530 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
6532 void
6533 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
6534 char_u *line;
6535 int forceit;
6536 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
6538 char_u *name_end;
6539 char_u *p;
6540 char_u *linep;
6541 char_u *key_start;
6542 char_u *arg_start;
6543 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
6544 long i;
6545 int off;
6546 int len;
6547 int attr;
6548 int id;
6549 int idx;
6550 int dodefault = FALSE;
6551 int doclear = FALSE;
6552 int dolink = FALSE;
6553 int error = FALSE;
6554 int color;
6555 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
6556 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6557 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
6558 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
6559 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
6560 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
6561 #else
6562 # define is_menu_group 0
6563 # define is_tooltip_group 0
6564 #endif
6567 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
6569 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6571 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
6572 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
6573 highlight_list_one((int)i);
6574 return;
6578 * Isolate the name.
6580 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6581 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6584 * Check for "default" argument.
6586 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
6588 dodefault = TRUE;
6589 line = linep;
6590 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6591 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6595 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
6597 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
6598 doclear = TRUE;
6599 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
6600 dolink = TRUE;
6603 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
6605 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
6607 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6608 if (id == 0)
6609 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
6610 else
6611 highlight_list_one(id);
6612 return;
6616 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
6618 if (dolink)
6620 char_u *from_start = linep;
6621 char_u *from_end;
6622 char_u *to_start;
6623 char_u *to_end;
6624 int from_id;
6625 int to_id;
6627 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
6628 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
6629 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
6631 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
6633 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
6634 from_start);
6635 return;
6638 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
6640 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
6641 return;
6644 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
6645 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
6646 to_id = 0;
6647 else
6648 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
6650 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
6653 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
6654 * for the group, unless '!' is used
6656 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
6657 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
6659 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
6660 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
6662 else
6664 if (!init)
6665 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
6666 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
6667 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6668 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
6669 #endif
6670 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
6674 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
6675 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
6677 return;
6680 if (doclear)
6683 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
6685 line = linep;
6686 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6688 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6689 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
6690 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
6691 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
6692 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
6693 * invalid because they were free'd.
6695 if (gui.in_use)
6697 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
6698 gui_init_tooltip_font();
6699 # endif
6700 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
6701 gui_init_menu_font();
6702 # endif
6704 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
6705 gui_mch_def_colors();
6706 # endif
6707 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6708 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6710 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
6711 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
6713 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
6714 # endif
6715 if (gui.in_use)
6717 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
6718 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
6719 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
6720 # endif
6721 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6722 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
6723 # endif
6725 # endif
6727 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
6728 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
6729 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
6731 #endif
6732 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6733 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
6734 #endif
6735 restore_cterm_colors();
6738 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
6740 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
6741 highlight_clear(idx);
6742 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
6743 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6744 if (gui.in_use)
6745 highlight_gui_started();
6746 #endif
6747 highlight_changed();
6748 redraw_later_clear();
6749 return;
6751 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6752 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6756 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
6758 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6759 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
6760 return;
6761 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
6763 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
6764 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
6765 return;
6767 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
6768 is_normal_group = TRUE;
6769 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6770 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
6771 is_menu_group = TRUE;
6772 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
6773 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
6774 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
6775 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
6776 #endif
6778 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
6779 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
6781 highlight_clear(idx);
6782 if (!doclear)
6783 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
6786 if (!doclear)
6787 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
6789 key_start = linep;
6790 if (*linep == '=')
6792 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6793 error = TRUE;
6794 break;
6798 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
6799 * "guibg").
6801 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
6802 ++linep;
6803 vim_free(key);
6804 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
6805 if (key == NULL)
6807 error = TRUE;
6808 break;
6810 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6812 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
6814 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
6816 if (!init)
6817 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
6818 highlight_clear(idx);
6820 continue;
6824 * Check for the equal sign.
6826 if (*linep != '=')
6828 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6829 error = TRUE;
6830 break;
6832 ++linep;
6835 * Isolate the argument.
6837 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6838 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
6840 arg_start = ++linep;
6841 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
6842 if (linep == NULL)
6844 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
6845 error = TRUE;
6846 break;
6849 else
6851 arg_start = linep;
6852 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
6854 if (linep == arg_start)
6856 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
6857 error = TRUE;
6858 break;
6860 vim_free(arg);
6861 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
6862 if (arg == NULL)
6864 error = TRUE;
6865 break;
6867 if (*linep == '\'')
6868 ++linep;
6871 * Store the argument.
6873 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
6874 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
6875 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
6877 attr = 0;
6878 off = 0;
6879 while (arg[off] != NUL)
6881 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
6883 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
6884 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
6886 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
6887 off += len;
6888 break;
6891 if (i < 0)
6893 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
6894 error = TRUE;
6895 break;
6897 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
6898 ++off;
6900 if (error)
6901 break;
6902 if (*key == 'T')
6904 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
6906 if (!init)
6907 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
6908 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
6911 else if (*key == 'C')
6913 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6915 if (!init)
6916 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6917 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
6918 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6921 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6922 else
6924 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
6926 if (!init)
6927 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
6928 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
6931 #endif
6933 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
6935 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
6936 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6937 if (!gui.shell_created)
6939 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
6940 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6941 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6943 else
6945 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
6946 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6947 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
6948 # endif
6949 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
6950 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
6951 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
6952 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
6955 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
6956 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6957 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
6958 # endif
6959 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
6960 is_tooltip_group);
6962 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6963 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
6965 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6966 * one.
6968 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
6969 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6970 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6972 else
6973 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
6974 # endif
6975 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
6977 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6978 * one.
6980 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
6981 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6982 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6984 else
6985 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
6987 #endif
6989 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
6991 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6993 if (!init)
6994 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6996 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
6997 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
6998 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7001 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7004 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
7005 color = atoi((char *)arg);
7006 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
7008 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
7009 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
7010 else
7012 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
7013 error = TRUE;
7014 break;
7017 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
7019 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
7020 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
7021 else
7023 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
7024 error = TRUE;
7025 break;
7028 else
7030 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
7031 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
7032 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
7033 "Gray", "Grey",
7034 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
7035 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
7036 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
7037 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
7038 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
7039 4, 5, 6, 6,
7040 7, 7,
7041 7, 7, 8, 8,
7042 9, 9, 10, 10,
7043 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
7044 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
7045 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
7046 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7047 1, 5, 32, 72,
7048 84, 84,
7049 7, 7, 82, 82,
7050 12, 43, 10, 61,
7051 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
7052 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
7053 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
7054 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7055 1, 5, 130, 130,
7056 248, 248,
7057 7, 7, 242, 242,
7058 12, 81, 10, 121,
7059 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
7060 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
7061 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
7062 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7063 1, 5, 3, 3,
7064 7, 7,
7065 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
7066 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
7067 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
7068 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
7069 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7070 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
7071 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
7072 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
7073 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
7074 #endif
7076 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
7077 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
7078 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
7079 if (off == color_names[i][0]
7080 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
7081 break;
7082 if (i < 0)
7084 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
7085 error = TRUE;
7086 break;
7089 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
7090 color = color_numbers_16[i];
7091 if (color >= 0)
7093 if (t_colors == 8)
7095 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
7096 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7097 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
7098 #else
7099 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7100 #endif
7101 if (key[5] == 'F')
7103 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
7104 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
7105 if (color & 8)
7107 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
7108 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
7110 else
7111 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7113 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
7115 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
7116 || t_colors == 256)
7119 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
7120 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
7121 * order for colors.
7123 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
7124 p = T_CAF;
7125 else
7126 p = T_CSF;
7127 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
7128 switch (t_colors)
7130 case 16:
7131 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7132 break;
7133 case 88:
7134 color = color_numbers_88[i];
7135 break;
7136 case 256:
7137 color = color_numbers_256[i];
7138 break;
7143 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
7144 if (key[5] == 'F')
7146 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
7147 if (is_normal_group)
7149 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
7150 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
7151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7152 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
7153 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7154 #endif
7156 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7157 if (termcap_active)
7158 term_fg_color(color);
7162 else
7164 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
7165 if (is_normal_group)
7167 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
7168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7169 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
7170 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7171 #endif
7173 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7174 if (termcap_active)
7175 term_bg_color(color);
7176 if (t_colors < 16)
7177 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
7178 else
7179 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
7180 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
7181 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
7182 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
7183 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
7189 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
7191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
7192 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7194 if (!init)
7195 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7197 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7198 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7200 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
7201 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7202 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
7203 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7204 else
7205 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7206 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7207 if (is_menu_group)
7208 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
7209 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7210 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
7211 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7212 if (is_tooltip_group)
7213 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
7214 # endif
7215 do_colors = TRUE;
7216 # endif
7219 #endif
7221 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
7223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
7224 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7226 if (!init)
7227 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7229 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7230 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7232 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
7233 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7234 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7235 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7236 else
7237 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7238 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7239 if (is_menu_group)
7240 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
7241 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7242 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
7243 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7244 if (is_tooltip_group)
7245 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
7246 # endif
7247 do_colors = TRUE;
7248 # endif
7251 #endif
7253 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
7255 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
7256 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7258 if (!init)
7259 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7261 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7262 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7264 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
7265 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7266 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7267 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7268 else
7269 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7272 #endif
7274 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
7276 char_u buf[100];
7277 char_u *tname;
7279 if (!init)
7280 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
7283 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
7284 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
7286 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
7288 off = 0;
7289 buf[0] = 0;
7290 while (arg[off] != NUL)
7292 /* Isolate one termcap name */
7293 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
7294 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
7296 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
7297 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
7299 error = TRUE;
7300 break;
7302 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
7303 p = get_term_code(tname);
7304 vim_free(tname);
7305 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
7306 p = (char_u *)"";
7308 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
7309 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
7311 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
7312 error = TRUE;
7313 break;
7315 STRCAT(buf, p);
7317 /* Advance to the next item */
7318 off += len;
7319 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
7320 ++off;
7323 else
7326 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
7328 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
7330 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
7331 if (len) /* recognized special char */
7332 off += len;
7333 else /* copy as normal char */
7334 buf[off++] = *p++;
7336 buf[off] = NUL;
7338 if (error)
7339 break;
7341 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
7342 p = NULL;
7343 else
7344 p = vim_strsave(buf);
7345 if (key[2] == 'A')
7347 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7348 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
7350 else
7352 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7353 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
7356 else
7358 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
7359 error = TRUE;
7360 break;
7364 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
7366 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
7367 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
7370 * Continue with next argument.
7372 linep = skipwhite(linep);
7376 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
7378 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
7379 syn_unadd_group();
7380 else
7382 if (is_normal_group)
7384 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7385 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7386 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7387 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7389 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
7390 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
7392 if (gui.in_use)
7393 highlight_gui_started();
7394 #endif
7396 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7397 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7398 else if (is_menu_group)
7400 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7401 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7403 # endif
7404 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
7406 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7407 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7409 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7410 else if (is_tooltip_group)
7412 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7413 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7415 # endif
7416 #endif
7417 else
7418 set_hl_attr(idx);
7419 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7420 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
7421 #endif
7422 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
7424 vim_free(key);
7425 vim_free(arg);
7427 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
7428 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
7431 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7432 void
7433 free_highlight()
7435 int i;
7437 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7439 highlight_clear(i);
7440 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
7441 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
7443 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
7445 #endif
7448 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
7449 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
7451 void
7452 restore_cterm_colors()
7454 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
7455 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
7456 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
7457 * background/foreground colors. */
7458 mch_set_normal_colors();
7459 #else
7460 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
7461 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
7462 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
7463 #endif
7467 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
7468 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
7470 static int
7471 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
7472 int idx;
7473 int check_link;
7475 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
7476 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
7477 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7478 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
7479 #endif
7480 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
7484 * Clear highlighting for one group.
7486 static void
7487 highlight_clear(idx)
7488 int idx;
7490 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
7491 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7492 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
7493 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
7495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7496 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
7497 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
7499 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
7500 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7501 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
7502 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
7503 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
7504 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7505 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7506 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
7507 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7508 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
7510 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7511 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7512 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
7513 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
7514 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7515 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
7516 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
7517 # endif
7518 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
7519 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
7520 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7521 #endif
7522 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7523 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
7524 * cleared. */
7525 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
7526 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
7527 #endif
7530 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
7532 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
7533 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
7534 * "Tooltip" colors.
7536 void
7537 set_normal_colors()
7539 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
7540 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
7541 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
7543 gui_mch_new_colors();
7544 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7546 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7547 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
7548 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
7549 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
7551 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7552 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7553 # endif
7554 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7556 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7557 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
7558 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
7559 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
7561 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
7562 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7563 # endif
7564 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7566 #endif
7567 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
7568 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
7569 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
7571 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7572 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7574 #endif
7578 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
7580 static int
7581 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
7582 char_u *name;
7583 guicolor_T *fgp;
7584 guicolor_T *bgp;
7585 int do_menu;
7586 int use_norm;
7587 int do_tooltip;
7589 int idx;
7591 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
7592 if (idx >= 0)
7594 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
7596 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
7597 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
7598 else if (use_norm)
7599 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
7600 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
7601 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
7602 else if (use_norm)
7603 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
7604 return TRUE;
7606 return FALSE;
7610 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
7611 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
7613 char_u *
7614 hl_get_font_name()
7616 int id;
7617 char_u *s;
7619 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7620 if (id > 0)
7622 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
7623 if (s != NULL)
7624 return s;
7626 return (char_u *)"";
7630 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
7631 * actually chosen to be used.
7633 void
7634 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
7635 char_u *font_name;
7637 int id;
7639 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7640 if (id > 0)
7642 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
7643 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
7648 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
7649 * when the color is known.
7651 void
7652 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
7653 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7655 int id;
7657 if (name != NULL)
7659 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7660 if (id > 0)
7662 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
7663 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
7669 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
7670 * when the color is known.
7672 void
7673 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
7674 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7676 int id;
7678 if (name != NULL)
7680 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7681 if (id > 0)
7683 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
7684 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
7690 * Return the handle for a color name.
7691 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
7693 static guicolor_T
7694 color_name2handle(name)
7695 char_u *name;
7697 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7698 return INVALCOLOR;
7700 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
7701 return gui.norm_pixel;
7702 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
7703 return gui.back_pixel;
7705 return gui_get_color(name);
7709 * Return the handle for a font name.
7710 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
7712 static GuiFont
7713 font_name2handle(name)
7714 char_u *name;
7716 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7717 return NOFONT;
7719 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
7722 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7724 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
7725 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
7727 static GuiFontset
7728 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
7729 char_u *name;
7730 int fixed_width;
7732 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7733 return NOFONTSET;
7735 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
7737 # endif
7740 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
7742 /*ARGSUSED*/
7743 static void
7744 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
7745 int idx;
7746 char_u *arg;
7747 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
7748 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
7749 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
7751 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7752 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
7753 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
7754 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
7755 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7756 || do_menu
7757 # endif
7758 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7759 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
7760 || do_tooltip
7761 # endif
7763 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
7764 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7765 || do_menu
7766 # endif
7767 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7768 || do_tooltip
7769 # endif
7771 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
7773 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7774 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
7775 if (do_normal)
7776 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
7777 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7778 if (do_menu)
7780 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7781 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7782 # else
7783 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
7784 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7785 # endif
7786 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7788 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7789 if (do_tooltip)
7791 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
7792 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
7793 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
7794 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
7795 * XFontStruct is used.
7797 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7798 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
7800 # endif
7801 # endif
7803 else
7804 # endif
7806 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
7807 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7808 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
7809 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
7811 if (do_normal)
7812 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
7813 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7814 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7815 if (do_menu)
7817 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
7818 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7820 # endif
7821 #endif
7826 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
7829 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
7830 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
7831 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
7833 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7835 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7837 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7839 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7841 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7842 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7844 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7845 #endif
7848 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
7849 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
7850 * if the combination is new.
7851 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
7853 static int
7854 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
7855 garray_T *table;
7856 attrentry_T *aep;
7858 int i;
7859 attrentry_T *taep;
7860 static int recursive = FALSE;
7863 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
7865 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
7866 table->ga_growsize = 7;
7869 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
7871 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
7873 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
7874 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
7875 && (
7876 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7877 (table == &gui_attr_table
7878 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
7879 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7880 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7881 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7882 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7883 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
7884 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7885 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
7886 # endif
7889 #endif
7890 (table == &term_attr_table
7891 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7892 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7893 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
7894 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
7895 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
7896 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7897 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7898 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
7899 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
7900 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
7901 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
7902 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7903 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7904 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
7905 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
7908 return i + ATTR_OFF;
7911 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
7914 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
7915 * compute new ones for all groups.
7916 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
7918 if (recursive)
7920 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
7921 return 0;
7923 recursive = TRUE;
7925 clear_hl_tables();
7927 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7929 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7930 set_hl_attr(i);
7932 recursive = FALSE;
7936 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
7938 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
7939 return 0;
7941 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
7942 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
7943 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
7944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7945 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
7947 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7948 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7949 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
7950 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
7951 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7952 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
7953 # endif
7955 #endif
7956 if (table == &term_attr_table)
7958 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7959 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
7960 else
7961 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
7962 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7963 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
7964 else
7965 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
7967 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
7969 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
7970 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
7972 ++table->ga_len;
7973 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
7977 * Clear all highlight tables.
7979 void
7980 clear_hl_tables()
7982 int i;
7983 attrentry_T *taep;
7985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7986 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
7987 #endif
7988 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
7990 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
7991 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
7992 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
7994 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
7995 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
7998 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
8000 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
8001 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
8002 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
8003 * This creates a new group when required.
8004 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
8005 * result.
8006 * Return the resulting attributes.
8009 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
8010 int char_attr;
8011 int prim_attr;
8013 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
8014 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
8015 attrentry_T new_en;
8017 if (char_attr == 0)
8018 return prim_attr;
8019 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8020 return char_attr | prim_attr;
8021 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8022 if (gui.in_use)
8024 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8025 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
8026 if (char_aep != NULL)
8027 new_en = *char_aep;
8028 else
8030 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8031 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8032 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8033 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
8034 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8035 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8038 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8039 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8040 else
8042 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8043 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8045 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8046 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8047 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
8048 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8049 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
8050 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
8051 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
8052 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
8053 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
8054 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8055 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
8056 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
8057 # endif
8060 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
8062 #endif
8064 if (t_colors > 1)
8066 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8067 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
8068 if (char_aep != NULL)
8069 new_en = *char_aep;
8070 else
8072 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8073 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8074 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8077 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8078 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8079 else
8081 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8082 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8084 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8085 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
8086 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
8087 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
8088 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
8091 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
8094 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8095 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
8096 if (char_aep != NULL)
8097 new_en = *char_aep;
8098 else
8100 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8101 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8102 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8105 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8106 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8107 else
8109 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8110 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8112 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8113 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
8115 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
8116 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
8120 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
8122 #endif
8124 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8126 attrentry_T *
8127 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
8128 int attr;
8130 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8131 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8132 return NULL;
8133 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8135 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
8138 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
8139 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
8142 syn_attr2attr(attr)
8143 int attr;
8145 attrentry_T *aep;
8147 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8148 if (gui.in_use)
8149 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
8150 else
8151 #endif
8152 if (t_colors > 1)
8153 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
8154 else
8155 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
8157 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
8158 return 0;
8159 return aep->ae_attr;
8163 attrentry_T *
8164 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
8165 int attr;
8167 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8168 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8169 return NULL;
8170 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8173 attrentry_T *
8174 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
8175 int attr;
8177 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8178 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8179 return NULL;
8180 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8183 #define LIST_ATTR 1
8184 #define LIST_STRING 2
8185 #define LIST_INT 3
8187 static void
8188 highlight_list_one(id)
8189 int id;
8191 struct hl_group *sgp;
8192 int didh = FALSE;
8194 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8196 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8197 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
8198 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8199 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
8200 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8201 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
8203 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8204 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
8205 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8206 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
8207 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8208 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
8210 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8211 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8212 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
8213 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8214 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
8215 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8216 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
8217 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8218 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
8219 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8220 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
8221 #endif
8223 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
8225 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
8226 didh = TRUE;
8227 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8228 msg_putchar(' ');
8229 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
8232 if (!didh)
8233 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
8234 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8235 if (p_verbose > 0)
8236 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
8237 #endif
8240 static int
8241 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
8242 int id;
8243 int didh;
8244 int type;
8245 int iarg;
8246 char_u *sarg;
8247 char *name;
8249 char_u buf[100];
8250 char_u *ts;
8251 int i;
8253 if (got_int)
8254 return FALSE;
8255 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
8257 ts = buf;
8258 if (type == LIST_INT)
8259 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
8260 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
8261 ts = sarg;
8262 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
8264 buf[0] = NUL;
8265 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
8267 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
8269 if (buf[0] != NUL)
8270 STRCAT(buf, ",");
8271 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
8272 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
8277 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
8278 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
8279 didh = TRUE;
8280 if (!got_int)
8282 if (*name != NUL)
8284 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
8285 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8287 msg_outtrans(ts);
8290 return didh;
8293 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
8295 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
8296 * Return NULL otherwise.
8298 char_u *
8299 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
8300 int id;
8301 int flag;
8302 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8304 int attr;
8306 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8307 return NULL;
8309 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8310 if (modec == 'g')
8311 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
8312 else
8313 #endif
8314 if (modec == 'c')
8315 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
8316 else
8317 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
8319 if (attr & flag)
8320 return (char_u *)"1";
8321 return NULL;
8323 #endif
8325 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
8327 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
8329 char_u *
8330 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
8331 int id;
8332 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
8333 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8335 static char_u name[20];
8336 int n;
8337 int fg = FALSE;
8338 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8339 int sp = FALSE;
8340 # endif
8342 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8343 return NULL;
8345 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
8346 fg = TRUE;
8347 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8348 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
8349 sp = TRUE;
8350 if (modec == 'g')
8352 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
8353 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
8355 guicolor_T color;
8356 long_u rgb;
8357 static char_u buf[10];
8359 if (fg)
8360 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8361 else if (sp)
8362 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8363 else
8364 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8365 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8366 return NULL;
8367 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8368 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
8369 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
8370 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
8371 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
8372 return buf;
8374 if (fg)
8375 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
8376 if (sp)
8377 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
8378 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
8380 # endif
8381 if (modec == 'c')
8383 if (fg)
8384 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
8385 else
8386 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
8387 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
8388 return name;
8390 /* term doesn't have color */
8391 return NULL;
8393 #endif
8395 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
8396 || defined(PROTO)
8398 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
8400 long_u
8401 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
8402 int id;
8403 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
8405 guicolor_T color;
8407 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8408 return 0L;
8410 if (fg)
8411 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8412 else
8413 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8415 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8416 return 0L;
8418 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8420 #endif
8423 * Output the syntax list header.
8424 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
8426 static int
8427 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
8428 int did_header; /* did header already */
8429 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
8430 int id; /* highlight group id */
8432 int endcol = 19;
8433 int newline = TRUE;
8435 if (!did_header)
8437 msg_putchar('\n');
8438 if (got_int)
8439 return TRUE;
8440 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
8441 endcol = 15;
8443 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
8445 msg_putchar('\n');
8446 if (got_int)
8447 return TRUE;
8449 else
8451 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
8452 newline = FALSE;
8455 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
8456 endcol = msg_col + 1;
8457 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
8458 endcol = Columns - 1;
8460 msg_advance(endcol);
8462 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
8463 if (!did_header)
8465 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
8466 msg_putchar(' ');
8469 return newline;
8473 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
8474 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
8476 static void
8477 set_hl_attr(idx)
8478 int idx; /* index in array */
8480 attrentry_T at_en;
8481 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
8483 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
8484 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
8485 return;
8487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8489 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8490 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8492 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
8493 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
8494 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
8495 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
8496 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8497 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
8498 # endif
8501 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8503 else
8505 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8506 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8507 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8508 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
8509 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
8510 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8511 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
8512 # endif
8513 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
8515 #endif
8517 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8518 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8520 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
8521 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8522 else
8524 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8525 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
8526 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
8527 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
8531 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
8532 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8534 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
8535 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8536 else
8538 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8539 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
8540 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
8541 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
8546 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
8547 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
8550 syn_name2id(name)
8551 char_u *name;
8553 int i;
8554 char_u name_u[200];
8556 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
8557 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
8558 * don't deserve to be found! */
8559 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
8560 vim_strup(name_u);
8561 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
8562 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
8563 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
8564 break;
8565 return i + 1;
8568 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8570 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
8573 highlight_exists(name)
8574 char_u *name;
8576 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
8579 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
8581 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
8582 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
8584 char_u *
8585 syn_id2name(id)
8586 int id;
8588 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8589 return (char_u *)"";
8590 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
8592 # endif
8593 #endif
8596 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
8599 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
8600 char_u *linep;
8601 int len;
8603 char_u *name;
8604 int id = 0;
8606 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
8607 if (name != NULL)
8609 id = syn_name2id(name);
8610 vim_free(name);
8612 return id;
8616 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
8617 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
8618 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
8619 * Return 0 for failure.
8622 syn_check_group(pp, len)
8623 char_u *pp;
8624 int len;
8626 int id;
8627 char_u *name;
8629 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
8630 if (name == NULL)
8631 return 0;
8633 id = syn_name2id(name);
8634 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
8635 id = syn_add_group(name);
8636 else
8637 vim_free(name);
8638 return id;
8642 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
8643 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
8644 * Return 0 for failure.
8646 static int
8647 syn_add_group(name)
8648 char_u *name;
8650 char_u *p;
8652 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
8653 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
8655 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
8657 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
8658 return 0;
8660 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
8662 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
8663 * give a warning. */
8664 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
8665 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
8666 break;
8671 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
8673 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
8675 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
8676 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
8680 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
8682 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
8684 vim_free(name);
8685 return 0;
8688 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8689 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
8690 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
8691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8692 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
8693 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
8694 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
8695 #endif
8696 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
8698 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
8702 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
8703 * function deletes the new name.
8705 static void
8706 syn_unadd_group()
8708 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
8709 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
8710 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
8714 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
8717 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
8718 int hl_id;
8720 int attr;
8721 struct hl_group *sgp;
8723 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8724 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8726 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8728 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
8730 if (gui.in_use)
8731 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
8732 else
8733 #endif
8734 if (t_colors > 1)
8735 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
8736 else
8737 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
8739 return attr;
8742 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8744 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
8745 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
8748 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
8749 int hl_id;
8750 guicolor_T *fgp;
8751 guicolor_T *bgp;
8753 struct hl_group *sgp;
8755 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8756 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8758 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8759 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8760 return sgp->sg_gui;
8762 #endif
8765 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
8768 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
8769 int hl_id;
8771 int count;
8772 struct hl_group *sgp;
8774 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
8775 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
8778 * Follow links until there is no more.
8779 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
8781 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
8783 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8784 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8785 break;
8786 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
8789 return hl_id;
8792 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8794 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
8795 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
8797 void
8798 highlight_gui_started()
8800 int idx;
8802 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
8803 set_normal_colors();
8805 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
8806 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
8808 highlight_changed();
8811 static void
8812 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
8813 int idx;
8814 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
8815 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
8817 int didit = FALSE;
8819 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
8821 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
8822 do_tooltip);
8823 didit = TRUE;
8825 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
8827 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
8828 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
8829 didit = TRUE;
8831 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
8833 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
8834 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
8835 didit = TRUE;
8837 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
8839 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
8840 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
8841 didit = TRUE;
8843 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
8844 set_hl_attr(idx);
8847 #endif
8850 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
8851 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
8852 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
8853 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
8854 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
8855 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
8858 highlight_changed()
8860 int hlf;
8861 int i;
8862 char_u *p;
8863 int attr;
8864 char_u *end;
8865 int id;
8866 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8867 char_u userhl[10];
8868 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8869 int id_SNC = -1;
8870 int id_S = -1;
8871 int hlcnt;
8872 # endif
8873 #endif
8874 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
8876 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
8879 * Clear all attributes.
8881 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8882 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
8885 * First set all attributes to their default value.
8886 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
8888 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8890 if (i)
8891 p = p_hl;
8892 else
8893 p = get_highlight_default();
8894 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
8895 continue;
8897 while (*p)
8899 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8900 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
8901 break;
8902 ++p;
8903 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
8904 return FAIL;
8907 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
8908 * bold-underlined.
8910 attr = 0;
8911 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
8913 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
8914 continue;
8916 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
8917 return FAIL;
8919 switch (*p)
8921 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
8922 break;
8923 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
8924 break;
8925 case '-':
8926 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
8927 break;
8928 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
8929 break;
8930 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
8931 break;
8932 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
8933 break;
8934 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
8935 break;
8936 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
8937 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
8938 return FAIL;
8939 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
8940 if (end == NULL)
8941 end = p + STRLEN(p);
8942 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
8943 if (id == 0)
8944 return FAIL;
8945 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
8946 p = end - 1;
8947 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
8948 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
8949 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
8950 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
8951 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
8952 #endif
8953 break;
8954 default: return FAIL;
8957 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
8959 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
8963 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8964 /* Setup the user highlights
8966 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
8967 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
8969 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8970 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
8971 return FAIL;
8972 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
8973 if (id_S == 0)
8974 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
8975 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8976 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
8977 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
8979 # endif
8980 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
8982 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
8983 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
8984 if (id == 0)
8986 highlight_user[i] = 0;
8987 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8988 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
8989 # endif
8991 else
8993 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8994 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
8995 # endif
8997 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
8998 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8999 if (id_SNC == 0)
9001 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
9002 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9003 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9004 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9005 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
9006 # endif
9008 else
9009 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
9010 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
9011 sizeof(struct hl_group));
9012 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
9014 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
9015 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
9016 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
9017 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
9018 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
9019 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
9020 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
9021 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
9022 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
9023 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
9024 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
9025 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
9026 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
9027 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9028 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
9029 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
9030 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
9031 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
9032 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
9033 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
9034 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
9035 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
9036 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
9037 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
9038 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9039 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
9040 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
9041 # endif
9042 # endif
9043 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
9044 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
9045 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
9046 # endif
9049 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9050 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
9051 # endif
9053 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
9055 return OK;
9058 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9060 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
9061 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
9064 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
9066 void
9067 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
9068 expand_T *xp;
9069 char_u *arg;
9071 char_u *p;
9073 /* Default: expand group names */
9074 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
9075 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9076 include_link = 2;
9077 include_default = 1;
9079 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
9080 if (*arg != NUL)
9082 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9083 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
9085 include_default = 0;
9086 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9088 arg = skipwhite(p);
9089 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9090 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9092 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
9094 include_link = 0;
9095 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
9096 highlight_list();
9097 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
9098 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9100 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9101 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9102 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
9104 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9105 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9108 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
9109 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
9116 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
9118 static void
9119 highlight_list()
9121 int i;
9123 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
9124 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
9125 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
9126 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
9129 static void
9130 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
9131 int cnt;
9132 int attr;
9134 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
9135 msg_clr_eos();
9136 out_flush();
9137 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
9140 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
9142 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
9143 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
9145 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
9146 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
9148 /*ARGSUSED*/
9149 char_u *
9150 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
9151 expand_T *xp;
9152 int idx;
9154 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
9155 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
9156 return (char_u *)"none";
9157 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
9158 return (char_u *)"default";
9159 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
9160 && include_link != 0)
9161 return (char_u *)"link";
9162 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
9163 && include_link != 0)
9164 return (char_u *)"clear";
9165 #endif
9166 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
9167 return NULL;
9168 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
9170 #endif
9172 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9174 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
9175 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
9177 void
9178 free_highlight_fonts()
9180 int idx;
9182 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
9184 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
9185 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
9186 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9187 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
9188 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
9189 # endif
9192 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
9193 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9194 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
9195 # endif
9196 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
9197 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
9198 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
9199 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
9200 # endif
9202 #endif
9204 /**************************************
9205 * End of Highlighting stuff *
9206 **************************************/